M166 Gradients, LCD Menu for 2-channel Mixer (Geeetech A10M/A20M) (#13022)
This commit is contained in:
Scott Lahteine
parent
7ee35c2611
commit
6de3d34378
GPG key ID:
4AEE18F83AFDEB23
114 changed files with 9901 additions and 61 deletions
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -279,6 +279,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -280,6 +280,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -312,6 +312,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -274,6 +274,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -275,6 +275,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
2093
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
Normal file
2093
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,2093 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
|
||||
// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
|
||||
// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
|
||||
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
|
||||
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
|
||||
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
|
||||
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
|
||||
* for extruders.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
|
||||
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
|
||||
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
|
||||
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
|
||||
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
|
||||
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
|
||||
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
|
||||
* Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRUSA_MMU2
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
|
||||
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
|
||||
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
|
||||
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
|
||||
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
|
||||
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Switching Toolhead
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
|
||||
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
|
||||
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
|
||||
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
|
||||
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
|
||||
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
|
||||
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
|
||||
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
|
||||
// A10M [@thinkyhead]
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PID Bed Heating
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
|
||||
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
|
||||
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
|
||||
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
|
||||
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
|
||||
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max Bed Power
|
||||
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
|
||||
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
|
||||
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
// MeCreator2 generated by Autotune
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
|
||||
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
|
||||
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
|
||||
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
|
||||
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
|
||||
* the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
|
||||
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper Drivers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
|
||||
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
|
||||
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
|
||||
* TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
|
||||
* TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
|
||||
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Endstop Noise Threshold
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
|
||||
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
|
||||
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
|
||||
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 40, 45 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
|
||||
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* S-Curve Acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
|
||||
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
|
||||
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -0.5 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of probes to perform at each point.
|
||||
// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
|
||||
// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
|
||||
#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
|
||||
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
|
||||
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
|
||||
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
|
||||
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
|
||||
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
|
||||
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
|
||||
#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
|
||||
#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
|
||||
|
||||
//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// The size of the print bed
|
||||
#define X_BED_SIZE 220
|
||||
#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS -10
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS -5
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 260
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software Endstops
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
|
||||
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
|
||||
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
|
||||
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensors
|
||||
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
|
||||
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
|
||||
|
||||
// Set one or more commands to run on filament runout.
|
||||
// - Always applies to SD-card printing.
|
||||
// - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
|
||||
// With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin
|
||||
// will send "//action:<ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT>" to the host and let the
|
||||
// host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT
|
||||
// will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout"
|
||||
|
||||
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
|
||||
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
|
||||
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
|
||||
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
|
||||
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
|
||||
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section calibrate
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
|
||||
* this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
|
||||
// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
|
||||
// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
|
||||
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
|
||||
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
//#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
|
||||
//#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
|
||||
|
||||
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
|
||||
// as the Z-Height correction value.
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
|
||||
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
|
||||
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
|
||||
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
|
||||
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
|
||||
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
|
||||
//#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60)
|
||||
|
||||
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
|
||||
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
// @section calibrate
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bed Skew Compensation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
|
||||
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
|
||||
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
|
||||
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
|
||||
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
|
||||
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
|
||||
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
|
||||
* Use these diagrams for reference:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Y Z Z
|
||||
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
|
||||
* | / / | / / | / /
|
||||
* | / / | / / | / /
|
||||
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
|
||||
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
|
||||
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
|
||||
// Input all length measurements here:
|
||||
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
|
||||
|
||||
// Or, set the default skew factors directly here
|
||||
// to override the above measurements:
|
||||
#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
|
||||
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
|
||||
#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
|
||||
#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
|
||||
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
* jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Menu Items
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
|
||||
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
|
||||
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
|
||||
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
|
||||
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
|
||||
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
|
||||
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
|
||||
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
|
||||
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
|
||||
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
|
||||
//
|
||||
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
|
||||
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
|
||||
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
|
||||
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
|
||||
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
|
||||
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
|
||||
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
|
||||
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
|
||||
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
|
||||
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
|
||||
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
|
||||
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
|
||||
// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define AZSMZ_12864
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Silvergate GLCD controller
|
||||
// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Extensible UI
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
|
||||
// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
|
||||
// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MALYAN_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
|
||||
//#define PCA9632
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
|
||||
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
|
||||
//#define PCA9533
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
* For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
|
||||
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of servos
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
|
||||
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
|
||||
* Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
|
||||
|
||||
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
|
||||
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
|
||||
2243
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
2243
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
|
||||
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
|
||||
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
|
||||
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
|
||||
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
|
||||
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
|
||||
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
|
||||
* the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
|
||||
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
|
||||
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
|
||||
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
|
||||
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
|
||||
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
|
||||
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
|
||||
* test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
|
||||
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
|
||||
* below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show extra position information in M114
|
||||
//#define M114_DETAIL
|
||||
|
||||
// Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
|
||||
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Controller Fan
|
||||
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
|
||||
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PWM Fan Scaling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
|
||||
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
|
||||
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
|
||||
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
|
||||
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
|
||||
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
|
||||
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
|
||||
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
|
||||
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
|
||||
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
|
||||
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
|
||||
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual X Carriage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
|
||||
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
|
||||
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
||||
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
||||
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
|
||||
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
|
||||
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
|
||||
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
|
||||
// Set number of iterations to align
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
|
||||
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
|
||||
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
|
||||
// Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
|
||||
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
|
||||
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
|
||||
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Backlash Compensation
|
||||
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
|
||||
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
|
||||
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
|
||||
|
||||
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
|
||||
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
|
||||
|
||||
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
|
||||
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
|
||||
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
|
||||
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
|
||||
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
|
||||
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
|
||||
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
|
||||
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
|
||||
* and hotend offsets.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
|
||||
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
|
||||
|
||||
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
|
||||
|
||||
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
|
||||
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
|
||||
|
||||
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
|
||||
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
|
||||
|
||||
// Define pin which is read during calibration
|
||||
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
|
||||
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
|
||||
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
|
||||
* lowest stepping frequencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Custom Microstepping
|
||||
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @section stepper motor current
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
||||
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
||||
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
||||
* M907 - applies to all.
|
||||
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
||||
|
||||
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Common slave addresses:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
|
||||
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
|
||||
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
|
||||
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
|
||||
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
|
||||
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
||||
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
|
||||
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
|
||||
#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LED Control Menu
|
||||
* Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
|
||||
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
|
||||
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
|
||||
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
|
||||
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
|
||||
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
|
||||
* point in the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
|
||||
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
|
||||
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
|
||||
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
|
||||
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
|
||||
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
|
||||
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
|
||||
* to Marlin as an SD card.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
|
||||
* the following pin mapping:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
||||
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
|
||||
* SS --> SDSS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
|
||||
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
|
||||
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Tested with this bootloader:
|
||||
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
|
||||
//#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
|
||||
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
|
||||
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
|
||||
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
|
||||
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
|
||||
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
|
||||
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
|
||||
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
|
||||
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
|
||||
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
||||
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
||||
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
|
||||
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
|
||||
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
|
||||
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
|
||||
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
|
||||
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
|
||||
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
|
||||
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
|
||||
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
|
||||
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
|
||||
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
|
||||
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe"
|
||||
#define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G2/G3 Arc Support
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
|
||||
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
|
||||
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
|
||||
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
|
||||
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
|
||||
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
|
||||
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
|
||||
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
|
||||
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
|
||||
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
|
||||
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
|
||||
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
|
||||
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
|
||||
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
|
||||
* 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
|
||||
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Host Receive Buffer Size
|
||||
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
|
||||
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
|
||||
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
|
||||
|
||||
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
|
||||
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
|
||||
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
|
||||
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
|
||||
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
|
||||
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
|
||||
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extra Fan Speed
|
||||
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
|
||||
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
|
||||
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
|
||||
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
|
||||
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Universal tool change settings.
|
||||
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
|
||||
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
|
||||
|
||||
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position to park head during tool change.
|
||||
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Pause
|
||||
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
|
||||
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
|
||||
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
|
||||
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
|
||||
|
||||
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
|
||||
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
|
||||
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TMC26X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc_smart
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
|
||||
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
|
||||
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
|
||||
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
|
||||
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
|
||||
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
|
||||
* a resistor.
|
||||
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
|
||||
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
||||
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
|
||||
#define X2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
|
||||
#define Y_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
|
||||
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
|
||||
#define Z_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
|
||||
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
|
||||
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
|
||||
#define E0_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
|
||||
#define E1_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
|
||||
#define E2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
|
||||
#define E3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
|
||||
#define E4_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
|
||||
#define E5_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
|
||||
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use software SPI for TMC2130.
|
||||
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
|
||||
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
|
||||
* but you can override or define them here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software enable
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
|
||||
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
||||
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
|
||||
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
|
||||
* Provided parameter sets are
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
|
||||
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define you own with
|
||||
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
|
||||
* like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
|
||||
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
||||
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
||||
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
||||
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
||||
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
|
||||
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
||||
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
|
||||
* Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
|
||||
* Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
|
||||
* Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
|
||||
* It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
|
||||
* M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
|
||||
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
|
||||
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperY.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
// @section L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
|
||||
#define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
|
||||
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
|
||||
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
|
||||
* I3 - Z3 or E3
|
||||
* I4 - E4
|
||||
* I5 - E5
|
||||
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
|
||||
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
|
||||
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
|
||||
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Canon Hack Development Kit
|
||||
* http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CHDK_PIN 4 // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK)
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spindle & Laser control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
||||
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
||||
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
||||
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
||||
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
|
||||
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
||||
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC Coordinate Systems
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
|
||||
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
||||
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
||||
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC G-code options
|
||||
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
|
||||
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
|
||||
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
|
||||
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
|
||||
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G-code Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
|
||||
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MACROS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
|
||||
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the
|
||||
* action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament-
|
||||
* change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands
|
||||
* until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the
|
||||
* print is canceled from the LCD menu.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED "paused"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL "cancel"
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
|
||||
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
|
||||
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
|
||||
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
|
||||
// encoders supported currently.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
|
||||
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
|
||||
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
|
||||
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
|
||||
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
|
||||
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
|
||||
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
|
||||
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
|
||||
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
|
||||
// disable abort behaviour.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
|
||||
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
|
||||
// is trusted again.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
|
||||
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
|
||||
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
|
||||
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
|
||||
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
|
||||
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
|
||||
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
|
||||
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample debug features
|
||||
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
|
||||
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* NanoDLP Sync support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
|
||||
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
|
||||
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
|
||||
// Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define WIFISUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
|
||||
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
|
||||
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
|
||||
* Enable in Configuration.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
|
||||
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
|
||||
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
|
||||
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
|
||||
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
|
||||
|
||||
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
|
||||
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
|
||||
|
||||
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
|
||||
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
|
||||
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 50.0, 198 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
|
||||
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
|
||||
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
|
||||
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
|
||||
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
|
||||
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
|
||||
{ -50.0, 2000 }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
|
||||
|
||||
// @section develop
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
|
||||
2097
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
Normal file
2097
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,2097 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
|
||||
// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
|
||||
// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
|
||||
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
|
||||
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
|
||||
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 115200
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
|
||||
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
|
||||
* for extruders.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
|
||||
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
|
||||
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
|
||||
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
|
||||
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
|
||||
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
|
||||
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
|
||||
* Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRUSA_MMU2
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
|
||||
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
|
||||
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
|
||||
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
|
||||
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
|
||||
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
|
||||
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Switching Toolhead
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
|
||||
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
|
||||
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
|
||||
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
|
||||
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
|
||||
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
|
||||
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
|
||||
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
|
||||
// A20M [@thinkyhead]
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PID Bed Heating
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
|
||||
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
|
||||
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
|
||||
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
|
||||
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
|
||||
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max Bed Power
|
||||
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
|
||||
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
|
||||
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
// MeCreator2 generated by Autotune
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
|
||||
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
|
||||
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
|
||||
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
|
||||
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
|
||||
* the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
|
||||
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper Drivers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
|
||||
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
|
||||
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
|
||||
* TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
|
||||
* TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
|
||||
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Endstop Noise Threshold
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
|
||||
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
|
||||
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
|
||||
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.3, 80.8, 400, 340 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 40, 45 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 40, 5000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
|
||||
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* S-Curve Acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
|
||||
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
|
||||
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -37 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -0.5 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of probes to perform at each point.
|
||||
// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
|
||||
// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
|
||||
#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
|
||||
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
|
||||
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
|
||||
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
|
||||
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
|
||||
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
|
||||
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
|
||||
//#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
|
||||
#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
|
||||
|
||||
//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// The size of the print bed
|
||||
#define X_BED_SIZE 250
|
||||
#define Y_BED_SIZE 250
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS -10
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS -5
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 250
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software Endstops
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
|
||||
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
|
||||
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
|
||||
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensors
|
||||
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors.
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
|
||||
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
|
||||
|
||||
// Set one or more commands to run on filament runout.
|
||||
// - Always applies to SD-card printing.
|
||||
// - Applies to host-based printing if ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT is not set.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
|
||||
// With this option, if filament runs out during host-based printing, Marlin
|
||||
// will send "//action:<ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT>" to the host and let the
|
||||
// host handle filament change. If left undefined the FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT
|
||||
// will be used on filament runout for both host-based and SD-card printing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The host must be able to respond to the //action: command set here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_FILAMENT_RUNOUT "pause: filament_runout"
|
||||
|
||||
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
|
||||
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
|
||||
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
|
||||
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
|
||||
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
|
||||
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section calibrate
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
|
||||
* this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
|
||||
// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
|
||||
// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
|
||||
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
|
||||
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
|
||||
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
//#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
|
||||
//#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
|
||||
|
||||
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
|
||||
// as the Z-Height correction value.
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
|
||||
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
|
||||
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
|
||||
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
|
||||
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
|
||||
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
|
||||
//#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60)
|
||||
|
||||
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
|
||||
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
// @section calibrate
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bed Skew Compensation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
|
||||
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
|
||||
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
|
||||
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
|
||||
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
|
||||
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
|
||||
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
|
||||
* Use these diagrams for reference:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Y Z Z
|
||||
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
|
||||
* | / / | / / | / /
|
||||
* | / / | / / | / /
|
||||
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
|
||||
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
|
||||
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
|
||||
// Input all length measurements here:
|
||||
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
|
||||
|
||||
// Or, set the default skew factors directly here
|
||||
// to override the above measurements:
|
||||
#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
|
||||
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
|
||||
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
|
||||
#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
|
||||
#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
|
||||
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, 3, 10 }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
* jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Menu Items
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
|
||||
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
|
||||
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
|
||||
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
|
||||
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
#define NEWPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
|
||||
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
|
||||
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
|
||||
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
|
||||
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
|
||||
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
|
||||
//
|
||||
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
|
||||
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
|
||||
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
|
||||
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
|
||||
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
|
||||
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125)
|
||||
#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125)
|
||||
#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
|
||||
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
|
||||
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
|
||||
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
|
||||
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
|
||||
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
|
||||
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
|
||||
// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define AZSMZ_12864
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Silvergate GLCD controller
|
||||
// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Extensible UI
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
|
||||
// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
|
||||
// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MALYAN_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
|
||||
//#define PCA9632
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
|
||||
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
|
||||
//#define PCA9533
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
* For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
|
||||
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of servos
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
|
||||
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
|
||||
* Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
|
||||
|
||||
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
|
||||
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
|
||||
2243
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
2243
Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
|
||||
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
|
||||
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
|
||||
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
|
||||
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
|
||||
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
|
||||
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
|
||||
* the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
|
||||
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
|
||||
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
|
||||
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
|
||||
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
|
||||
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
|
||||
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
|
||||
* test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
|
||||
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
|
||||
* below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show extra position information in M114
|
||||
//#define M114_DETAIL
|
||||
|
||||
// Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
|
||||
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Controller Fan
|
||||
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
|
||||
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PWM Fan Scaling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
|
||||
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
|
||||
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
|
||||
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
|
||||
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
|
||||
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
|
||||
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
|
||||
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
|
||||
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
|
||||
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
|
||||
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
|
||||
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual X Carriage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
|
||||
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
|
||||
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
||||
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
||||
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
|
||||
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
|
||||
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
|
||||
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
|
||||
// Set number of iterations to align
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
|
||||
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
|
||||
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
|
||||
// Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
|
||||
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
|
||||
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
|
||||
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Backlash Compensation
|
||||
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
|
||||
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
|
||||
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
|
||||
|
||||
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
|
||||
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
|
||||
|
||||
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
|
||||
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
|
||||
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
|
||||
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
|
||||
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
|
||||
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
|
||||
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
|
||||
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
|
||||
* and hotend offsets.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
|
||||
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
|
||||
|
||||
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
|
||||
|
||||
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
|
||||
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
|
||||
|
||||
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
|
||||
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
|
||||
|
||||
// Define pin which is read during calibration
|
||||
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
|
||||
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
|
||||
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
|
||||
* lowest stepping frequencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Custom Microstepping
|
||||
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @section stepper motor current
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
||||
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
||||
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
||||
* M907 - applies to all.
|
||||
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
||||
|
||||
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Common slave addresses:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
|
||||
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
|
||||
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
|
||||
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
|
||||
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
|
||||
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
||||
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
|
||||
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LED Control Menu
|
||||
* Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
|
||||
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
|
||||
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
|
||||
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
|
||||
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
|
||||
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
|
||||
* point in the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
|
||||
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
|
||||
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
|
||||
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
|
||||
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
|
||||
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
|
||||
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
|
||||
* to Marlin as an SD card.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
|
||||
* the following pin mapping:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
||||
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
|
||||
* SS --> SDSS
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
|
||||
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
|
||||
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Tested with this bootloader:
|
||||
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
|
||||
//#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
|
||||
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
|
||||
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
|
||||
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
|
||||
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
|
||||
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
|
||||
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
|
||||
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
|
||||
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
|
||||
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
||||
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
||||
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
|
||||
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
|
||||
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
|
||||
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
|
||||
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
|
||||
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
|
||||
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
|
||||
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
|
||||
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
|
||||
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
|
||||
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
|
||||
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host on a recovery attempt or failure.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_G29_FAILURE', e.g. '//action:probe_failed'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define G29_ACTION_ON_RECOVER "probe_rewipe"
|
||||
#define G29_ACTION_ON_FAILURE "probe_failed"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G2/G3 Arc Support
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
|
||||
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
|
||||
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
|
||||
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
|
||||
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
|
||||
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
|
||||
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
|
||||
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
|
||||
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
|
||||
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
|
||||
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
|
||||
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
|
||||
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
|
||||
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
|
||||
* 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
|
||||
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Host Receive Buffer Size
|
||||
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
|
||||
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
|
||||
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
|
||||
|
||||
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
|
||||
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
|
||||
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
|
||||
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
|
||||
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
|
||||
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
|
||||
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extra Fan Speed
|
||||
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
|
||||
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
|
||||
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
|
||||
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
|
||||
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Universal tool change settings.
|
||||
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
|
||||
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
|
||||
|
||||
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position to park head during tool change.
|
||||
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Pause
|
||||
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
|
||||
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
|
||||
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
|
||||
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
|
||||
|
||||
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
|
||||
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
|
||||
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TMC26X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc_smart
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
|
||||
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
|
||||
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
|
||||
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
|
||||
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
|
||||
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
|
||||
* a resistor.
|
||||
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
|
||||
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
||||
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
|
||||
#define X2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
|
||||
#define Y_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
|
||||
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
|
||||
#define Z_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
|
||||
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
|
||||
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
|
||||
#define E0_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
|
||||
#define E1_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
|
||||
#define E2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
|
||||
#define E3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
|
||||
#define E4_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
|
||||
#define E5_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
|
||||
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use software SPI for TMC2130.
|
||||
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
|
||||
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
|
||||
* but you can override or define them here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software enable
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
|
||||
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
||||
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
|
||||
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
|
||||
* Provided parameter sets are
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
|
||||
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define you own with
|
||||
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
|
||||
* like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
|
||||
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
||||
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
||||
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
||||
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
||||
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
|
||||
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
||||
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
|
||||
* Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
|
||||
* Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
|
||||
* Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
|
||||
* It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
|
||||
* M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
|
||||
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
|
||||
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperY.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
// @section L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
|
||||
#define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
|
||||
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
|
||||
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
|
||||
* I3 - Z3 or E3
|
||||
* I4 - E4
|
||||
* I5 - E5
|
||||
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
|
||||
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
|
||||
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
|
||||
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Canon Hack Development Kit
|
||||
* http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CHDK_PIN 4 // Set and enable a pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK)
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 // (ms) How long the pin should remain HIGH
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spindle & Laser control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
||||
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
||||
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
||||
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
||||
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
|
||||
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
||||
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC Coordinate Systems
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
|
||||
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
||||
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
||||
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC G-code options
|
||||
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
|
||||
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
|
||||
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
|
||||
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
|
||||
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G-code Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
|
||||
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MACROS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
|
||||
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PAUSE / RESUME : Used in non-parking scenarios where the host handles the
|
||||
* action while Marlin continues to process G-Code. (M24/M25)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PAUSED / RESUMED : Used in scenarios where Marlin handles pause and filament-
|
||||
* change actions and the host needs to stop sending commands
|
||||
* until the machine is ready to resume. (M125/M600)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* CANCEL : Instructs the host to abort the print job. Used when the
|
||||
* print is canceled from the LCD menu.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSED "paused"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_RESUMED "resumed"
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_CANCEL "cancel"
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
|
||||
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
|
||||
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
|
||||
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
|
||||
// encoders supported currently.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
|
||||
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
|
||||
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
|
||||
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
|
||||
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
|
||||
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
|
||||
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
|
||||
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
|
||||
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
|
||||
// disable abort behaviour.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
|
||||
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
|
||||
// is trusted again.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
|
||||
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
|
||||
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
|
||||
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
|
||||
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
|
||||
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
|
||||
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
|
||||
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample debug features
|
||||
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
|
||||
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* NanoDLP Sync support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
|
||||
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
|
||||
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
|
||||
// Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define WIFISUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
|
||||
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
|
||||
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
|
||||
* Enable in Configuration.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
|
||||
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
|
||||
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
|
||||
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
|
||||
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
|
||||
|
||||
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
|
||||
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
|
||||
|
||||
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
|
||||
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
|
||||
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 50.0, 198 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
|
||||
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
|
||||
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
|
||||
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
|
||||
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
|
||||
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
|
||||
{ -50.0, 2000 }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
|
||||
|
||||
// @section develop
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
|
||||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -291,6 +291,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -272,6 +272,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -274,6 +274,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -302,6 +302,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -293,6 +293,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -291,6 +291,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -290,6 +290,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -286,6 +286,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -275,6 +275,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -276,6 +276,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -271,6 +271,10 @@
|
|||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -44,6 +44,10 @@ int_fast8_t Mixer::runner = 0;
|
|||
mixer_comp_t Mixer::s_color[MIXING_STEPPERS];
|
||||
mixer_accu_t Mixer::accu[MIXING_STEPPERS] = { 0 };
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
mixer_perc_t Mixer::mix[MIXING_STEPPERS];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
|
||||
float cmax = 0;
|
||||
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,9 +70,8 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK
|
||||
const float inverse_max = RECIPROCAL(cmax);
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i)
|
||||
color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * COLOR_A_MASK * inverse_max;
|
||||
const float scale = float(COLOR_A_MASK) / cmax;
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) color[tool_index][i] = collector[i] * scale;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
|
||||
csum = 0;
|
||||
|
|
@ -86,6 +89,10 @@ void Mixer::normalize(const uint8_t tool_index) {
|
|||
}
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
refresh_gradient();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Mixer::reset_vtools() {
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,6 +122,79 @@ void Mixer::init() {
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
ZERO(collector);
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
update_mix_from_vtool();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
update_gradient_for_planner_z();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Mixer::refresh_collector(const float proportion/*=1.0*/, const uint8_t t/*=selected_vtool*/) {
|
||||
float csum = 0, cmax = 0;
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
|
||||
const float v = color[t][i];
|
||||
cmax = MAX(cmax, v);
|
||||
csum += v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mixer::refresh_collector(", proportion);
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(t));
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(") cmax=", cmax);
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" csum=", csum);
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" color");
|
||||
const float inv_prop = proportion / csum;
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
|
||||
collector[i] = color[t][i] * inv_prop;
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(t));
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("][", int(i));
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] = ", int(color[t][i]));
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", collector[i]);
|
||||
//SERIAL_ECHOPGM(") ");
|
||||
}
|
||||
//SERIAL_EOL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../module/motion.h"
|
||||
#include "../module/planner.h"
|
||||
|
||||
gradient_t Mixer::gradient = {
|
||||
false, // enabled
|
||||
{0}, // color (array)
|
||||
0, 0, // start_z, end_z
|
||||
0, 1, // start_vtool, end_vtool
|
||||
{0}, {0} // start_mix[], end_mix[]
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
, -1 // vtool_index
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
float Mixer::prev_z; // = 0
|
||||
|
||||
void Mixer::update_gradient_for_z(const float z) {
|
||||
if (z == prev_z) return;
|
||||
prev_z = z;
|
||||
|
||||
const float slice = gradient.end_z - gradient.start_z;
|
||||
|
||||
float pct = (z - gradient.start_z) / slice;
|
||||
NOLESS(pct, 0.0f); NOMORE(pct, 1.0f);
|
||||
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
|
||||
const mixer_perc_t sm = gradient.start_mix[i];
|
||||
mix[i] = sm + (gradient.end_mix[i] - sm) * pct;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
copy_mix_to_color(gradient.color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Mixer::update_gradient_for_planner_z() {
|
||||
update_gradient_for_z(planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -23,34 +23,46 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __AVR__
|
||||
//#define MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__AVR__) // || DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
// Use 16-bit (or fastest) data for the integer mix factors
|
||||
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t;
|
||||
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t;
|
||||
#define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000
|
||||
#define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Use 8-bit data for the integer mix factors
|
||||
// Exactness is sacrificed for speed
|
||||
#define MIXER_ACCU_SIGNED
|
||||
typedef uint8_t mixer_comp_t;
|
||||
typedef int8_t mixer_accu_t;
|
||||
#define COLOR_A_MASK 0x80
|
||||
#define COLOR_MASK 0x7F
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_comp_t;
|
||||
typedef uint_fast16_t mixer_accu_t;
|
||||
#define COLOR_A_MASK 0x8000
|
||||
#define COLOR_MASK 0x7FFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int8_t mixer_perc_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum MixTool {
|
||||
FIRST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = 0,
|
||||
LAST_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOL = MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1,
|
||||
NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS,
|
||||
#ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING
|
||||
#define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS + 1)
|
||||
#define MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
|
||||
#if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 254
|
||||
#error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS,
|
||||
NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS (MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS)
|
||||
#if NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS > 255
|
||||
#error "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!"
|
||||
NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS = NR_USER_VIRTUAL_TOOLS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING
|
||||
static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 254, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 254!");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static_assert(NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS <= 255, "MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS must be <= 255!");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(VAR) \
|
||||
|
|
@ -60,6 +72,22 @@
|
|||
#define MIXER_POPULATE_BLOCK() mixer.populate_block(block->b_color)
|
||||
#define MIXER_STEPPER_SETUP() mixer.stepper_setup(current_block->b_color)
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
bool enabled; // This gradient is enabled
|
||||
mixer_comp_t color[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // The current gradient color
|
||||
float start_z, end_z; // Region for gradient
|
||||
int8_t start_vtool, end_vtool; // Start and end virtual tools
|
||||
mixer_perc_t start_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS], // Start and end mixes from those tools
|
||||
end_mix[MIXING_STEPPERS];
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
int8_t vtool_index; // Use this virtual tool number as index
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} gradient_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Mixer class
|
||||
* @details Contains data and behaviors for a Mixing Extruder
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,27 +95,157 @@
|
|||
class Mixer {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
static void init();
|
||||
static float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // M163 components, also editable from LCD
|
||||
|
||||
static void init(); // Populate colors at boot time
|
||||
|
||||
static void reset_vtools();
|
||||
static void refresh_collector(const float proportion=1.0, const uint8_t t=selected_vtool);
|
||||
|
||||
// Used up to Planner level
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = MAX(f, 0.0f); }
|
||||
|
||||
static void normalize(const uint8_t tool_index);
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void normalize() { normalize(selected_vtool); }
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_current_vtool() { return selected_vtool; }
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) { selected_vtool = c; }
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void set_collector(const uint8_t c, const float f) { collector[c] = f; }
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void T(const uint_fast8_t c) {
|
||||
selected_vtool = c;
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
refresh_gradient();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
update_mix_from_vtool();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Used when dealing with blocks
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) {
|
||||
uint_fast8_t j = get_current_vtool();
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[j][i];
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void populate_block(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
if (gradient.enabled) {
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = gradient.color[i];
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[]) { MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i]; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) b_color[i] = color[selected_vtool][i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static void stepper_setup(mixer_comp_t b_color[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) s_color[i] = b_color[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
|
||||
static mixer_perc_t mix[MIXING_STEPPERS]; // Scratch array for the Mix in proportion to 100
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void copy_mix_to_color(mixer_comp_t (&tcolor)[MIXING_STEPPERS]) {
|
||||
// Scale each component to the largest one in terms of COLOR_A_MASK
|
||||
// So the largest component will be COLOR_A_MASK and the other will be in proportion to it
|
||||
const float scale = (COLOR_A_MASK) * RECIPROCAL(float(MAX(mix[0], mix[1])));
|
||||
|
||||
// Scale all values so their maximum is COLOR_A_MASK
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) tcolor[i] = mix[i] * scale;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Mix [", int(mix[0]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Color [", int(tcolor[0]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(tcolor[1]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void update_mix_from_vtool(const uint8_t j=selected_vtool) {
|
||||
float ctot = 0;
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += color[j][i];
|
||||
//MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mix[i] = 100.0f * color[j][i] / ctot;
|
||||
mix[0] = mixer_perc_t(100.0f * color[j][0] / ctot);
|
||||
mix[1] = 100 - mix[0];
|
||||
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("V-tool ", int(j));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" [", int(color[j][0]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(color[j][1]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER || GRADIENT_MIX
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the virtual tool from an edited mix
|
||||
static inline void update_vtool_from_mix() {
|
||||
copy_mix_to_color(color[selected_vtool]);
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
refresh_gradient();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) collector[i] = mix[i];
|
||||
// normalize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
|
||||
static gradient_t gradient;
|
||||
static float prev_z;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the current mix from the gradient for a given Z
|
||||
static void update_gradient_for_z(const float z);
|
||||
static void update_gradient_for_planner_z();
|
||||
static inline void gradient_control(const float z) {
|
||||
if (gradient.enabled) {
|
||||
if (z >= gradient.end_z)
|
||||
T(gradient.end_vtool);
|
||||
else
|
||||
update_gradient_for_z(z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void update_mix_from_gradient() {
|
||||
float ctot = 0;
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) ctot += gradient.color[i];
|
||||
mix[0] = (mixer_perc_t)CEIL(100.0f * gradient.color[0] / ctot);
|
||||
mix[1] = 100 - mix[0];
|
||||
#ifdef MIXER_NORMALIZER_DEBUG
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Gradient [", int(gradient.color[0]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(gradient.color[1]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("] to Mix [", int(mix[0]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(", ", int(mix[1]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("]");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Refresh the gradient after a change
|
||||
static void refresh_gradient() {
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
const bool is_grd = (selected_vtool == gradient.vtool_index);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
constexpr bool is_grd = true;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
gradient.enabled = is_grd && gradient.start_vtool != gradient.end_vtool && gradient.start_z < gradient.end_z;
|
||||
if (gradient.enabled) {
|
||||
mixer_perc_t mix_bak[MIXING_STEPPERS];
|
||||
COPY(mix_bak, mix);
|
||||
update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.start_vtool);
|
||||
COPY(gradient.start_mix, mix);
|
||||
update_mix_from_vtool(gradient.end_vtool);
|
||||
COPY(gradient.end_mix, mix);
|
||||
update_gradient_for_planner_z();
|
||||
COPY(mix, mix_bak);
|
||||
prev_z = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Used in Stepper
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_stepper() { return runner; }
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t get_next_stepper() {
|
||||
do {
|
||||
for (;;) {
|
||||
if (--runner < 0) runner = MIXING_STEPPERS - 1;
|
||||
accu[runner] += s_color[runner];
|
||||
if (
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,14 +258,13 @@ class Mixer {
|
|||
accu[runner] &= COLOR_MASK;
|
||||
return runner;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while( true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
// Used up to Planner level
|
||||
static uint_fast8_t selected_vtool;
|
||||
static float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS];
|
||||
static mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS];
|
||||
|
||||
// Used in Stepper
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -176,6 +176,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*=
|
|||
);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
memcpy(&info.gradient, &mixer.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
COPY(info.retract, fwretract.current_retract);
|
||||
info.retract_hop = fwretract.current_hop;
|
||||
|
|
@ -305,6 +309,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() {
|
|||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
memcpy(&mixer.gradient, &info.gradient, sizeof(info.gradient));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Restore Z (plus raise) and E positions with G92.0
|
||||
dtostrf(info.current_position[Z_AXIS] + RECOVERY_ZRAISE, 1, 3, str_1);
|
||||
dtostrf(info.current_position[E_AXIS]
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -28,6 +28,10 @@
|
|||
#include "../sd/cardreader.h"
|
||||
#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#include "../feature/mixing.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0
|
||||
//#define SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
|
||||
|
|
@ -63,6 +67,15 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
float retract[EXTRUDERS], retract_hop;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mixing extruder and gradient
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
//uint_fast8_t selected_vtool;
|
||||
//mixer_comp_t color[NR_MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS][MIXING_STEPPERS];
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
gradient_t gradient;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Command queue
|
||||
uint8_t commands_in_queue, cmd_queue_index_r;
|
||||
char command_queue[BUFSIZE][MAX_CMD_SIZE];
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
|
|||
void GcodeSuite::M163() {
|
||||
const int mix_index = parser.intval('S');
|
||||
if (mix_index < MIXING_STEPPERS)
|
||||
mixer.set_collector(mix_index, MAX(parser.floatval('P'), 0.0));
|
||||
mixer.set_collector(mix_index, parser.floatval('P'));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,10 +53,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
|
|||
#else
|
||||
constexpr int tool_index = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (WITHIN(tool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1))
|
||||
if (tool_index >= 0) {
|
||||
if (tool_index < MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS)
|
||||
mixer.normalize(tool_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool());
|
||||
mixer.normalize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
|
|||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) {
|
||||
if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) {
|
||||
SBI(mix_bits, i);
|
||||
mixer.set_collector(i, MAX(parser.value_float(), 0.0f));
|
||||
mixer.set_collector(i, parser.value_float());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If any mixing factors were included, clear the rest
|
||||
|
|
@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() {
|
|||
if (mix_bits) {
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i)
|
||||
if (!TEST(mix_bits, i)) mixer.set_collector(i, 0.0f);
|
||||
mixer.normalize(mixer.get_current_vtool());
|
||||
mixer.normalize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
100
Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp
Normal file
100
Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../gcode.h"
|
||||
#include "../../../module/motion.h"
|
||||
#include "../../../module/planner.h"
|
||||
#include "../../../feature/mixing.h"
|
||||
|
||||
inline void echo_mix() {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (", int(mixer.mix[0]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("%|", int(mixer.mix[1]));
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("%)");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void echo_zt(const int t, const float &z) {
|
||||
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(t);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z);
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" T", t);
|
||||
echo_mix();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M166: Set a simple gradient mix for a two-component mixer
|
||||
* based on the Geeetech A10M implementation by Jone Liu.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* S[bool] - Enable / disable gradients
|
||||
* A[float] - Starting Z for the gradient
|
||||
* Z[float] - Ending Z for the gradient. (Must be greater than the starting Z.)
|
||||
* I[index] - V-Tool to use as the starting mix.
|
||||
* J[index] - V-Tool to use as the ending mix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* T[index] - A V-Tool index to use as an alias for the Gradient (Requires GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
* T with no index clears the setting. Note: This can match the I or J value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: M166 S1 A0 Z20 I0 J1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void GcodeSuite::M166() {
|
||||
if (parser.seenval('A')) mixer.gradient.start_z = parser.value_float();
|
||||
if (parser.seenval('Z')) mixer.gradient.end_z = parser.value_float();
|
||||
if (parser.seenval('I')) mixer.gradient.start_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS);
|
||||
if (parser.seenval('J')) mixer.gradient.end_vtool = (uint8_t)constrain(parser.value_int(), 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
if (parser.seen('T')) mixer.gradient.vtool_index = parser.byteval('T', -1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (parser.seen('S')) mixer.gradient.enabled = parser.value_bool();
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Gradient Mix ");
|
||||
serialprint_onoff(mixer.gradient.enabled);
|
||||
|
||||
if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
|
||||
|
||||
mixer.refresh_gradient();
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
if (mixer.gradient.vtool_index >= 0) {
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" (T", int(mixer.gradient.vtool_index));
|
||||
SERIAL_CHAR(')');
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; Start");
|
||||
echo_zt(mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.start_z);
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ; End");
|
||||
echo_zt(mixer.gradient.end_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_z);
|
||||
|
||||
mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
|
||||
SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ; Current Z", planner.get_axis_position_mm(Z_AXIS));
|
||||
echo_mix();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_EOL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
|
||||
|
|
@ -443,6 +443,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
|
||||
case 165: M165(); break; // M165: Set multiple mix weights
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
case 166: M166(); break; // M166: Set Gradient Mix
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -149,6 +149,7 @@
|
|||
* M163 - Set a single proportion for a mixing extruder. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
* M164 - Commit the mix and save to a virtual tool (current, or as specified by 'S'). (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
* M165 - Set the mix for the mixing extruder (and current virtual tool) with parameters ABCDHI. (Requires MIXING_EXTRUDER and DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
|
||||
* M166 - Set the Gradient Mix for the mixing extruder. (Requires GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
* M190 - Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits only when heating! **
|
||||
* Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. ** Waits for heating or cooling. **
|
||||
* M200 - Set filament diameter, D<diameter>, setting E axis units to cubic. (Use S0 to revert to linear units.)
|
||||
|
|
@ -593,6 +594,9 @@ private:
|
|||
#if ENABLED(DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1)
|
||||
static void M165();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
static void M166();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static void M200();
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -383,6 +383,7 @@
|
|||
#elif ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define E_STEPPERS MIXING_STEPPERS
|
||||
#define E_MANUAL 1
|
||||
#define DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER (MIXING_STEPPERS == 2)
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
|
||||
#define E_STEPPERS EXTRUDERS
|
||||
#define E_MANUAL EXTRUDERS
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2069,6 +2069,10 @@ static_assert(sanity_arr_3[0] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[1] > 0 && sanity_arr_3[2] > 0
|
|||
#error "BACKLASH_COMPENSATION is incompatible with CORE kinematics."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) && MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS < 2
|
||||
#error "GRADIENT_MIX requires 2 or more MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prusa MMU2 requirements
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -832,12 +832,36 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
|
|||
|
||||
#else // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED)
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
// Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY
|
||||
|
||||
char mixer_messages[12];
|
||||
const char *mix_label;
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
|
||||
mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
|
||||
mix_label = "Gr";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
|
||||
mix_label = "Mx";
|
||||
}
|
||||
sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
|
||||
lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
_draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position[X_AXIS])), blink);
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_put_wchar(' ');
|
||||
|
||||
_draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position[Y_AXIS])), blink);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LCD_WIDTH >= 20
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -51,6 +51,10 @@
|
|||
#include "../../module/printcounter.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#include "../../feature/mixing.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, const uint8_t ty) {
|
||||
const char *str = i16tostr3(temp);
|
||||
const uint8_t len = str[0] != ' ' ? 3 : str[1] != ' ' ? 2 : 1;
|
||||
|
|
@ -59,6 +63,9 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, cons
|
|||
lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_DEGREE[0]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_LABEL_POS 3
|
||||
#define X_VALUE_POS 11
|
||||
#define XYZ_SPACING 37
|
||||
#define XYZ_BASELINE (30 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRAS_BASELINE (40 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT)
|
||||
#define STATUS_BASELINE (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - INFO_FONT_DESCENT)
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,6 +216,10 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const int8_t heater, const bool blink) {
|
|||
// Homed and known, display constantly.
|
||||
//
|
||||
FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const bool blink) {
|
||||
const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * axis;
|
||||
lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
lcd_put_wchar('X' + axis);
|
||||
lcd_moveto(X_VALUE_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
if (blink)
|
||||
lcd_put_u8str(value);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
|
@ -450,19 +461,35 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() {
|
|||
u8g.setColorIndex(0); // white on black
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
lcd_put_wchar('X');
|
||||
lcd_moveto(0 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
_draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink);
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
lcd_put_wchar('Y');
|
||||
lcd_moveto(1 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
// Two-component mix / gradient instead of XY
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_moveto(X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
|
||||
char mixer_messages[12];
|
||||
const char *mix_label;
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
if (mixer.gradient.enabled) {
|
||||
mixer.update_mix_from_gradient();
|
||||
mix_label = "Gr";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
|
||||
mix_label = "Mx";
|
||||
}
|
||||
sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
|
||||
lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
_draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink);
|
||||
_draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink);
|
||||
|
||||
lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_LABEL_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
lcd_put_wchar('Z');
|
||||
lcd_moveto(2 * XYZ_SPACING + X_VALUE_POS, XYZ_BASELINE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
_draw_axis_value(Z_AXIS, zstring, blink);
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1205,6 +1205,61 @@
|
|||
#define MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER _UxGT("Remove, click")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_MIX
|
||||
#define MSG_MIX _UxGT("Mix")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_MIX_COMPONENT
|
||||
#define MSG_MIX_COMPONENT _UxGT("Component")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_MIXER
|
||||
#define MSG_MIXER _UxGT("Mixer")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT
|
||||
#define MSG_GRADIENT _UxGT("Gradient")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_FULL_GRADIENT
|
||||
#define MSG_FULL_GRADIENT _UxGT("Full gradient")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_TOGGLE_MIX
|
||||
#define MSG_TOGGLE_MIX _UxGT("Toggle mix")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_CYCLE_MIX
|
||||
#define MSG_CYCLE_MIX _UxGT("Cycle mix")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_MIX
|
||||
#define MSG_GRADIENT_MIX _UxGT("Gradient mix")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT
|
||||
#define MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT _UxGT("Reverse Gradient")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL
|
||||
#define MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL _UxGT("Active V-tool")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_START_VTOOL
|
||||
#define MSG_START_VTOOL _UxGT("Start V-tool")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_END_VTOOL
|
||||
#define MSG_END_VTOOL _UxGT(" End V-tool")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS
|
||||
#define MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS _UxGT("Alias V-tool")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_RESET_VTOOLS
|
||||
#define MSG_RESET_VTOOLS _UxGT("Reset V-tools")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL
|
||||
#define MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL _UxGT("Commit V-tool Mix")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_VTOOLS_RESET
|
||||
#define MSG_VTOOLS_RESET _UxGT("V-tools were reset")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_START_Z
|
||||
#define MSG_START_Z _UxGT("Start Z")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef MSG_END_Z
|
||||
#define MSG_END_Z _UxGT(" End Z")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Filament Change screens show up to 3 lines on a 4-line display
|
||||
// ...or up to 2 lines on a 3-line display
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void MenuItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, con
|
|||
liveEdit = le;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem<MenuItemInfo_##NAME>;
|
||||
#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuItem<MenuItemInfo_##NAME>
|
||||
|
||||
DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3); // 123, -12 right-justified
|
||||
DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4); // 1234, -123 right-justified
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -100,6 +100,10 @@ void menu_change_filament();
|
|||
void menu_info();
|
||||
void menu_led();
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
void menu_mixer();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void menu_main() {
|
||||
START_MENU();
|
||||
MENU_BACK(MSG_WATCH);
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,6 +157,10 @@ void menu_main() {
|
|||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MOTION, menu_motion);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_TEMPERATURE, menu_temperature);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIXER, menu_mixer);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MMU2_MENU, menu_mmu2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
314
Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp
Normal file
314
Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Mixer Menu
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
|
||||
#include "menu.h"
|
||||
#include "../../feature/mixing.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h"
|
||||
#include "../ultralcd.h"
|
||||
#include "../lcdprint.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
|
||||
void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit() {
|
||||
ui.defer_status_screen(true);
|
||||
ui.encoder_direction_normal();
|
||||
ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true);
|
||||
if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
|
||||
mixer.gradient.start_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1;
|
||||
ui.encoderPosition = 0;
|
||||
NOLESS(mixer.gradient.start_z, 0);
|
||||
NOMORE(mixer.gradient.start_z, Z_MAX_POS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ui.should_draw()) {
|
||||
char tmp[21];
|
||||
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_START_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10);
|
||||
SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
|
||||
LCDPRINT(tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
|
||||
if (mixer.gradient.start_z > mixer.gradient.end_z)
|
||||
mixer.gradient.end_z = mixer.gradient.start_z;
|
||||
mixer.refresh_gradient();
|
||||
ui.goto_previous_screen();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit() {
|
||||
ui.defer_status_screen(true);
|
||||
ui.encoder_direction_normal();
|
||||
ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true);
|
||||
if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
|
||||
mixer.gradient.end_z += float((int)ui.encoderPosition) * 0.1;
|
||||
ui.encoderPosition = 0;
|
||||
NOLESS(mixer.gradient.end_z, 0);
|
||||
NOMORE(mixer.gradient.end_z, Z_MAX_POS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ui.should_draw()) {
|
||||
char tmp[21];
|
||||
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_END_Z ": %4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10);
|
||||
SETCURSOR(2, (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
|
||||
LCDPRINT(tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
|
||||
if (mixer.gradient.end_z < mixer.gradient.start_z)
|
||||
mixer.gradient.start_z = mixer.gradient.end_z;
|
||||
mixer.refresh_gradient();
|
||||
ui.goto_previous_screen();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu() {
|
||||
START_MENU();
|
||||
MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
|
||||
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_START_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.start_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_END_VTOOL, &mixer.gradient.end_vtool, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_VTOOL)
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(int8, MSG_GRADIENT_ALIAS, &mixer.gradient.vtool_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, mixer.refresh_gradient);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
char tmp[10];
|
||||
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_START_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_start_edit);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9);
|
||||
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.start_z), int(mixer.gradient.start_z * 10) % 10);
|
||||
LCDPRINT(tmp);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
|
||||
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_END_Z ":", lcd_mixer_gradient_z_end_edit);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(9);
|
||||
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4d.%d mm"), int(mixer.gradient.end_z), int(mixer.gradient.end_z * 10) % 10);
|
||||
LCDPRINT(tmp);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
|
||||
|
||||
END_MENU();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GRADIENT_MIX
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t v_index;
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
void _lcd_draw_mix(const uint8_t y) {
|
||||
char tmp[21];
|
||||
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR(MSG_MIX ": %3d%% %3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
|
||||
SETCURSOR(2, y);
|
||||
LCDPRINT(tmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void _lcd_mixer_select_vtool() {
|
||||
mixer.T(v_index);
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
_lcd_draw_mix(LCD_HEIGHT - 1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
|
||||
|
||||
void _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix() {
|
||||
uint16_t bits = 0;
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) if (mixer.collector[i]) SBI(bits, i);
|
||||
bits = (bits + 1) & (_BV(MIXING_STEPPERS) - 1);
|
||||
if (!bits) ++bits;
|
||||
MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) mixer.collector[i] = TEST(bits, i) ? 10.0f : 0.0f;
|
||||
ui.refresh();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool() {
|
||||
mixer.normalize();
|
||||
ui.goto_previous_screen();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() {
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
|
||||
|
||||
#define EDIT_COLOR(N) MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT(float52, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT " " STRINGIFY(N), &mixer.collector[N-1], 0, 10);
|
||||
|
||||
START_MENU();
|
||||
MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
|
||||
EDIT_COLOR(1);
|
||||
EDIT_COLOR(2);
|
||||
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2
|
||||
EDIT_COLOR(3);
|
||||
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3
|
||||
EDIT_COLOR(4);
|
||||
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4
|
||||
EDIT_COLOR(5);
|
||||
#if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5
|
||||
EDIT_COLOR(6);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool);
|
||||
END_MENU();
|
||||
|
||||
#elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) {
|
||||
mixer.mix[0] += (int)ui.encoderPosition;
|
||||
ui.encoderPosition = 0;
|
||||
if (mixer.mix[0] < 0) mixer.mix[0] += 101;
|
||||
if (mixer.mix[0] > 100) mixer.mix[0] -= 101;
|
||||
mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
_lcd_draw_mix((LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ui.lcd_clicked) {
|
||||
mixer.update_vtool_from_mix();
|
||||
ui.goto_previous_screen();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
START_MENU();
|
||||
MENU_BACK(MSG_MIXER);
|
||||
END_MENU();
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Toggle Dual-Mix
|
||||
//
|
||||
inline void _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix() {
|
||||
mixer.mix[0] = mixer.mix[0] == 100 ? 0 : 100;
|
||||
mixer.mix[1] = 100 - mixer.mix[0];
|
||||
mixer.update_vtool_from_mix();
|
||||
ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Prepare and Edit Mix
|
||||
//
|
||||
inline void _lcd_goto_mix_edit() {
|
||||
mixer.refresh_collector(10, v_index);
|
||||
ui.goto_screen(lcd_mixer_mix_edit);
|
||||
lcd_mixer_mix_edit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Reverse Gradient
|
||||
//
|
||||
inline void _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient() {
|
||||
const uint8_t sv = mixer.gradient.start_vtool;
|
||||
mixer.gradient.start_vtool = mixer.gradient.end_vtool;
|
||||
mixer.gradient.end_vtool = sv;
|
||||
mixer.refresh_gradient();
|
||||
ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Reset All V-Tools
|
||||
//
|
||||
inline void _lcd_reset_vtools() {
|
||||
LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET);
|
||||
ui.return_to_status();
|
||||
mixer.reset_vtools();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm() {
|
||||
START_MENU();
|
||||
MENU_BACK(MSG_BACK);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, _lcd_reset_vtools);
|
||||
END_MENU();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void menu_mixer() {
|
||||
START_MENU();
|
||||
MENU_BACK(MSG_MAIN);
|
||||
|
||||
v_index = mixer.get_current_vtool();
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(uint8, MSG_ACTIVE_VTOOL, &v_index, 0, MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS - 1, _lcd_mixer_select_vtool
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
, true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_MIX,
|
||||
#if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING
|
||||
_lcd_goto_mix_edit
|
||||
#elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
lcd_mixer_mix_edit
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
#if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
{
|
||||
char tmp[10];
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10);
|
||||
mixer.update_mix_from_vtool();
|
||||
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%3d;%3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1]));
|
||||
LCDPRINT(tmp);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_TOGGLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_toggle_mix);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char tmp[10];
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(submenu, MSG_GRADIENT, lcd_mixer_edit_gradient_menu);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(10);
|
||||
sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("T%i->T%i"), mixer.gradient.start_vtool, mixer.gradient.end_vtool);
|
||||
LCDPRINT(tmp);
|
||||
MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END();
|
||||
MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_REVERSE_GRADIENT, _lcd_mixer_reverse_gradient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
END_MENU();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,9 +53,13 @@
|
|||
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
#define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT))
|
||||
#define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - len * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), (row + 1) * (MENU_FONT_HEIGHT))
|
||||
#define LCDPRINT(p) u8g.print(p)
|
||||
#define LCDWRITE(c) u8g.print(c)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define SETCURSOR(col, row) lcd_moveto(col, row)
|
||||
#define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_WIDTH - len, row)
|
||||
#define LCDPRINT(p) lcd_put_u8str(p)
|
||||
#define LCDWRITE(c) lcd_put_wchar(c)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL 100
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2584,6 +2584,10 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move,
|
|||
COPY(position_float, target_float);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
|
||||
mixer.gradient_control(target_float[Z_AXIS]);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Movement was accepted
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
} // _populate_block()
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ typedef struct block_t {
|
|||
|
||||
} block_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING))
|
||||
#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT (ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) || ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX))
|
||||
|
||||
#define BLOCK_MOD(n) ((n)&(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE-1))
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MINIRAMBO for PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT etc"
|
|||
#
|
||||
restore_configs
|
||||
opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
|
||||
opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
|
||||
opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 5
|
||||
opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ru
|
||||
exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER with LCD"
|
|||
# Mixing Extruder
|
||||
#
|
||||
restore_configs
|
||||
opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1
|
||||
opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 2
|
||||
exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Reference in a new issue